Minki/linux
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://github.com/torvalds/linux.git synced 2024-11-23 12:42:02 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
de5512b2a2
linux/drivers/cxl/pci.c

975 lines
27 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
/* Copyright(c) 2020 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. */
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox and other non-PCI specific infrastructure to the core Now that the internals of mailbox operations are abstracted from the PCI specifics a bulk of infrastructure can move to the core. The CXL_PMEM driver intends to proxy LIBNVDIMM UAPI and driver requests to the equivalent functionality provided by the CXL hardware mailbox interface. In support of that intent move the mailbox implementation to a shared location for the CXL_PCI driver native IOCTL path and CXL_PMEM nvdimm command proxy path to share. A unit test framework seeks to implement a unit test backend transport for mailbox commands to communicate mocked up payloads. It can reuse all of the mailbox infrastructure minus the PCI specifics, so that also gets moved to the core. Finally with the mailbox infrastructure and ioctl handling being transport generic there is no longer any need to pass file file_operations to devm_cxl_add_memdev(). That allows all the ioctl boilerplate to move into the core for unit test reuse. No functional change intended, just code movement. Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163116435233.2460985.16197340449713287180.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-09 05:12:32 +00:00
#include <linux/io-64-nonatomic-lo-hi.h>
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
#include <linux/moduleparam.h>
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
#include <linux/module.h>
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
#include <linux/delay.h>
cxl/mem: Fix memory device capacity probing The CXL Identify Memory Device output payload emits capacity in 256MB units. The driver is treating the capacity field as bytes. This was missed because QEMU reports bytes when it should report bytes / 256MB. Fixes: 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities") Reviewed-by: Vishal Verma <vishal.l.verma@intel.com> Cc: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161862021044.3259705.7008520073059739760.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-04-17 00:43:30 +00:00
#include <linux/sizes.h>
cxl/mem: Register CXL memX devices Create the /sys/bus/cxl hierarchy to enumerate: * Memory Devices (per-endpoint control devices) * Memory Address Space Devices (platform address ranges with interleaving, performance, and persistence attributes) * Memory Regions (active provisioned memory from an address space device that is in use as System RAM or delegated to libnvdimm as Persistent Memory regions). For now, only the per-endpoint control devices are registered on the 'cxl' bus. However, going forward it will provide a mechanism to coordinate cross-device interleave. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:52 +00:00
#include <linux/mutex.h>
cxl/pci: Map registers based on capabilities The information required to map registers based on capabilities is contained within the bars themselves. This means the bar must be mapped to read the information needed and then unmapped to map the individual parts of the BAR based on capabilities. Change cxl_setup_device_regs() to return a new cxl_register_map, change the name to cxl_probe_device_regs(). Allocate and place cxl_register_maps on a list while processing all of the specified register blocks. After probing all the register blocks go back and map smaller registers blocks based on their capabilities and dispose of the cxl_register_maps. NOTE: pci_iomap() is not managed automatically via pcim_enable_device() so be careful to call pci_iounmap() correctly. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604005036.4187184-1-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-04 00:50:36 +00:00
#include <linux/list.h>
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
#include <linux/pci.h>
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
#include <linux/aer.h>
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
#include <linux/io.h>
cxl: Move cxl_core to new directory CXL core is growing, and it's already arguably unmanageable. To support future growth, move core functionality to a new directory and rename the file to represent just bus support. Future work will remove non-bus functionality. Note that mem.h is renamed to cxlmem.h to avoid a namespace collision with the global ARCH=um mem.h header. Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/162792537866.368511.8915631504621088321.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-08-02 17:29:38 +00:00
#include "cxlmem.h"
cxl/pci: Rename pci.h to cxlpci.h Similar to the mem.h rename, if the core wants to reuse definitions from drivers/cxl/pci.h it is unable to use <pci.h> as that collides with archs that have an arch/$arch/include/asm/pci.h, like MIPS. Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298422510.3018233.14693126572756675563.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:30:25 +00:00
#include "cxlpci.h"
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
#include "cxl.h"
cxl/pci: Find and register CXL PMU devices CXL PMU devices can be found from entries in the Register Locator DVSEC. Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230526095824.16336-4-Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-26 09:58:22 +00:00
#include "pmu.h"
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
/**
cxl: Rename mem to pci As the driver has undergone development, it's become clear that the majority [entirety?] of the current functionality in mem.c is actually a layer encapsulating functionality exposed through PCI based interactions. This layer can be used either in isolation or to provide functionality for higher level functionality. CXL capabilities exist in a parallel domain to PCIe. CXL devices are enumerable and controllable via "legacy" PCIe mechanisms; however, their CXL capabilities are a superset of PCIe. For example, a CXL device may be connected to a non-CXL capable PCIe root port, and therefore will not be able to participate in CXL.mem or CXL.cache operations, but can still be accessed through PCIe mechanisms for CXL.io operations. To properly represent the PCI nature of this driver, and in preparation for introducing a new driver for the CXL.mem / HDM decoder (Host-managed Device Memory) capabilities of a CXL memory expander, rename mem.c to pci.c so that mem.c is available for this new driver. The result of the change is that there is a clear layering distinction in the driver, and a systems administrator may load only the cxl_pci module and gain access to such operations as, firmware update, offline provisioning of devices, and error collection. In addition to freeing up the file name for another purpose, there are two primary reasons this is useful, 1. Acting upon devices which don't have full CXL capabilities. This may happen for instance if the CXL device is connected in a CXL unaware part of the platform topology. 2. Userspace-first provisioning for devices without kernel driver interference. This may be useful when provisioning a new device in a specific manner that might otherwise be blocked or prevented by the real CXL mem driver. Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210526174413.802913-1-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-05-26 17:44:13 +00:00
* DOC: cxl pci
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
*
cxl: Rename mem to pci As the driver has undergone development, it's become clear that the majority [entirety?] of the current functionality in mem.c is actually a layer encapsulating functionality exposed through PCI based interactions. This layer can be used either in isolation or to provide functionality for higher level functionality. CXL capabilities exist in a parallel domain to PCIe. CXL devices are enumerable and controllable via "legacy" PCIe mechanisms; however, their CXL capabilities are a superset of PCIe. For example, a CXL device may be connected to a non-CXL capable PCIe root port, and therefore will not be able to participate in CXL.mem or CXL.cache operations, but can still be accessed through PCIe mechanisms for CXL.io operations. To properly represent the PCI nature of this driver, and in preparation for introducing a new driver for the CXL.mem / HDM decoder (Host-managed Device Memory) capabilities of a CXL memory expander, rename mem.c to pci.c so that mem.c is available for this new driver. The result of the change is that there is a clear layering distinction in the driver, and a systems administrator may load only the cxl_pci module and gain access to such operations as, firmware update, offline provisioning of devices, and error collection. In addition to freeing up the file name for another purpose, there are two primary reasons this is useful, 1. Acting upon devices which don't have full CXL capabilities. This may happen for instance if the CXL device is connected in a CXL unaware part of the platform topology. 2. Userspace-first provisioning for devices without kernel driver interference. This may be useful when provisioning a new device in a specific manner that might otherwise be blocked or prevented by the real CXL mem driver. Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210526174413.802913-1-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-05-26 17:44:13 +00:00
* This implements the PCI exclusive functionality for a CXL device as it is
* defined by the Compute Express Link specification. CXL devices may surface
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
* certain functionality even if it isn't CXL enabled. While this driver is
* focused around the PCI specific aspects of a CXL device, it binds to the
* specific CXL memory device class code, and therefore the implementation of
* cxl_pci is focused around CXL memory devices.
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
*
* The driver has several responsibilities, mainly:
* - Create the memX device and register on the CXL bus.
* - Enumerate device's register interface and map them.
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
* - Registers nvdimm bridge device with cxl_core.
* - Registers a CXL mailbox with cxl_core.
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
*/
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
#define cxl_doorbell_busy(cxlds) \
(readl((cxlds)->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_OFFSET) & \
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_DOORBELL)
/* CXL 2.0 - 8.2.8.4 */
#define CXL_MAILBOX_TIMEOUT_MS (2 * HZ)
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
/*
* CXL 2.0 ECN "Add Mailbox Ready Time" defines a capability field to
* dictate how long to wait for the mailbox to become ready. The new
* field allows the device to tell software the amount of time to wait
* before mailbox ready. This field per the spec theoretically allows
* for up to 255 seconds. 255 seconds is unreasonably long, its longer
* than the maximum SATA port link recovery wait. Default to 60 seconds
* until someone builds a CXL device that needs more time in practice.
*/
static unsigned short mbox_ready_timeout = 60;
module_param(mbox_ready_timeout, ushort, 0644);
cxl/pci: Move cxl_await_media_ready() to the core Allow cxl_await_media_ready() to be mocked for testing purposes rather than carrying the maintenance burden of an indirect function call in the mainline driver. With the move cxl_await_media_ready() can no longer reuse the mailbox timeout override, so add a media_ready_timeout module parameter to the core to backfill. Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165291688340.1426646.4755627801983775011.stgit@dwillia2-xfh Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-05-18 23:34:43 +00:00
MODULE_PARM_DESC(mbox_ready_timeout, "seconds to wait for mailbox ready");
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
static int cxl_pci_mbox_wait_for_doorbell(struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds)
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
{
const unsigned long start = jiffies;
unsigned long end = start;
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
while (cxl_doorbell_busy(cxlds)) {
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
end = jiffies;
if (time_after(end, start + CXL_MAILBOX_TIMEOUT_MS)) {
/* Check again in case preempted before timeout test */
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
if (!cxl_doorbell_busy(cxlds))
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
break;
return -ETIMEDOUT;
}
cpu_relax();
}
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
dev_dbg(cxlds->dev, "Doorbell wait took %dms",
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
jiffies_to_msecs(end) - jiffies_to_msecs(start));
return 0;
}
cxl/pci: Defer mailbox status checks to command timeouts Device status can change without warning at any point in time. This effectively means that no amount of status checking before a command is submitted can guarantee that the device is not in an error condition when the command is later submitted. The clearest signal that a device is not able to process commands is if it fails to process commands. With the above understanding in hand, update cxl_pci_setup_mailbox() to validate the readiness of the mailbox once at the beginning of time, and then use timeouts and busy sequencing errors as the only occasions to report status. Just as before, unless and until the driver gains a reset recovery path, doorbell clearing failures by the device are fatal to mailbox operations. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298413480.3018233.9643395389297971819.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:28:54 +00:00
#define cxl_err(dev, status, msg) \
dev_err_ratelimited(dev, msg ", device state %s%s\n", \
status & CXLMDEV_DEV_FATAL ? " fatal" : "", \
status & CXLMDEV_FW_HALT ? " firmware-halt" : "")
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
cxl/pci: Defer mailbox status checks to command timeouts Device status can change without warning at any point in time. This effectively means that no amount of status checking before a command is submitted can guarantee that the device is not in an error condition when the command is later submitted. The clearest signal that a device is not able to process commands is if it fails to process commands. With the above understanding in hand, update cxl_pci_setup_mailbox() to validate the readiness of the mailbox once at the beginning of time, and then use timeouts and busy sequencing errors as the only occasions to report status. Just as before, unless and until the driver gains a reset recovery path, doorbell clearing failures by the device are fatal to mailbox operations. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298413480.3018233.9643395389297971819.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:28:54 +00:00
#define cxl_cmd_err(dev, cmd, status, msg) \
dev_err_ratelimited(dev, msg " (opcode: %#x), device state %s%s\n", \
(cmd)->opcode, \
status & CXLMDEV_DEV_FATAL ? " fatal" : "", \
status & CXLMDEV_FW_HALT ? " firmware-halt" : "")
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
cxl/pci: Update comment The existence of struct cxl_dev_id containing a single member is odd. The comment made sense when I wrote it but could be clarified. Update the comment and place it next to the odd looking structure. Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230426-cxl-fixes-v1-2-870c4c8b463a@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-17 21:28:11 +00:00
/*
* Threaded irq dev_id's must be globally unique. cxl_dev_id provides a unique
* wrapper object for each irq within the same cxlds.
*/
cxl/pci: Introduce cxl_request_irq() Factor out common functionality/semantics for cxl shared interrupts into a new helper on top of devm_request_irq(). Suggested-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:26 +00:00
struct cxl_dev_id {
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds;
};
static int cxl_request_irq(struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds, int irq,
cxl/pci: Remove hardirq handler for cxl_request_irq() Now that all callers of cxl_request_irq() are using threaded irqs, drop the hardirq handler option. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 03:12:12 +00:00
irq_handler_t thread_fn)
cxl/pci: Introduce cxl_request_irq() Factor out common functionality/semantics for cxl shared interrupts into a new helper on top of devm_request_irq(). Suggested-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:26 +00:00
{
struct device *dev = cxlds->dev;
struct cxl_dev_id *dev_id;
dev_id = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*dev_id), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!dev_id)
return -ENOMEM;
dev_id->cxlds = cxlds;
cxl/pci: Remove hardirq handler for cxl_request_irq() Now that all callers of cxl_request_irq() are using threaded irqs, drop the hardirq handler option. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 03:12:12 +00:00
return devm_request_threaded_irq(dev, irq, NULL, thread_fn,
IRQF_SHARED | IRQF_ONESHOT, NULL,
dev_id);
cxl/pci: Introduce cxl_request_irq() Factor out common functionality/semantics for cxl shared interrupts into a new helper on top of devm_request_irq(). Suggested-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:26 +00:00
}
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
static bool cxl_mbox_background_complete(struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds)
{
u64 reg;
reg = readq(cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_BG_CMD_STATUS_OFFSET);
return FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_BG_CMD_COMMAND_PCT_MASK, reg) == 100;
}
static irqreturn_t cxl_pci_mbox_irq(int irq, void *id)
{
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
u64 reg;
u16 opcode;
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
struct cxl_dev_id *dev_id = id;
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = dev_id->cxlds;
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
struct cxl_memdev_state *mds = to_cxl_memdev_state(cxlds);
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
cxl/mbox: Allow for IRQ_NONE case in the isr For cases when the mailbox background operation is not complete, do not "handle" the interrupt, as it was not from this device. And furthermore there are no racy scenarios such as the hw being out of sync with the driver and starting a new background op behind its back. Reported-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@Huawei.com> Fixes: ccadf1310fb (cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery) Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-2-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:32 +00:00
if (!cxl_mbox_background_complete(cxlds))
return IRQ_NONE;
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
reg = readq(cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_BG_CMD_STATUS_OFFSET);
opcode = FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_BG_CMD_COMMAND_OPCODE_MASK, reg);
if (opcode == CXL_MBOX_OP_SANITIZE) {
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
mutex_lock(&mds->mbox_mutex);
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
if (mds->security.sanitize_node)
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
mod_delayed_work(system_wq, &mds->security.poll_dwork, 0);
mutex_unlock(&mds->mbox_mutex);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
} else {
/* short-circuit the wait in __cxl_pci_mbox_send_cmd() */
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
rcuwait_wake_up(&mds->mbox_wait);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
}
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
return IRQ_HANDLED;
}
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
/*
* Sanitization operation polling mode.
*/
static void cxl_mbox_sanitize_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
struct cxl_memdev_state *mds =
container_of(work, typeof(*mds), security.poll_dwork.work);
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = &mds->cxlds;
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
mutex_lock(&mds->mbox_mutex);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
if (cxl_mbox_background_complete(cxlds)) {
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
mds->security.poll_tmo_secs = 0;
if (mds->security.sanitize_node)
sysfs_notify_dirent(mds->security.sanitize_node);
cxl/memdev: Fix sanitize vs decoder setup locking The sanitize operation is destructive and the expectation is that the device is unmapped while in progress. The current implementation does a lockless check for decoders being active, but then does nothing to prevent decoders from racing to be committed. Introduce state tracking to resolve this race. This incidentally cleans up unpriveleged userspace from triggering mmio read cycles by spinning on reading the 'security/state' attribute. Which at a minimum is a waste since the kernel state machine can cache the completion result. Lastly cxl_mem_sanitize() was mistakenly marked EXPORT_SYMBOL() in the original implementation, but an export was never required. Fixes: 0c36b6ad436a ("cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery") Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-05 01:35:01 +00:00
mds->security.sanitize_active = false;
cxl/mem: Wire up Sanitization support Implement support for CXL 3.0 8.2.9.8.5.1 Sanitize. This is done by adding a security/sanitize' memdev sysfs file to trigger the operation and extend the status file to make it poll(2)-capable for completion. Unlike all other background commands, this is the only operation that is special and monopolizes the device for long periods of time. In addition to the traditional pmem security requirements, all regions must also be offline in order to perform the operation. This permits avoiding explicit global CPU cache management, relying instead on the implict cache management when a region transitions between CXL_CONFIG_ACTIVE and CXL_CONFIG_COMMIT. The expectation is that userspace can use it such as: cxl disable-memdev memX echo 1 > /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/security/sanitize cxl wait-sanitize memX cxl enable-memdev memX Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:35 +00:00
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
dev_dbg(cxlds->dev, "Sanitization operation ended\n");
} else {
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
int timeout = mds->security.poll_tmo_secs + 10;
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
mds->security.poll_tmo_secs = min(15 * 60, timeout);
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
schedule_delayed_work(&mds->security.poll_dwork, timeout * HZ);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
}
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
mutex_unlock(&mds->mbox_mutex);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
}
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
/**
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
* __cxl_pci_mbox_send_cmd() - Execute a mailbox command
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
* @mds: The memory device driver data
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
* @mbox_cmd: Command to send to the memory device.
*
* Context: Any context. Expects mbox_mutex to be held.
* Return: -ETIMEDOUT if timeout occurred waiting for completion. 0 on success.
* Caller should check the return code in @mbox_cmd to make sure it
* succeeded.
*
* This is a generic form of the CXL mailbox send command thus only using the
* registers defined by the mailbox capability ID - CXL 2.0 8.2.8.4. Memory
* devices, and perhaps other types of CXL devices may have further information
* available upon error conditions. Driver facilities wishing to send mailbox
* commands should use the wrapper command.
*
* The CXL spec allows for up to two mailboxes. The intention is for the primary
* mailbox to be OS controlled and the secondary mailbox to be used by system
* firmware. This allows the OS and firmware to communicate with the device and
* not need to coordinate with each other. The driver only uses the primary
* mailbox.
*/
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int __cxl_pci_mbox_send_cmd(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds,
cxl/mbox: Introduce the mbox_send operation In preparation for implementing a unit test backend transport for ioctl operations, and making the mailbox available to the cxl/pmem infrastructure, move the existing PCI specific portion of mailbox handling to an "mbox_send" operation. With this split all the PCI-specific transport details are comprehended by a single operation and the rest of the mailbox infrastructure is 'struct cxl_mem' and 'struct cxl_memdev' generic. Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163116434098.2460985.9004760022659400540.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-09 05:12:21 +00:00
struct cxl_mbox_cmd *mbox_cmd)
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
{
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = &mds->cxlds;
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
void __iomem *payload = cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_PAYLOAD_OFFSET;
struct device *dev = cxlds->dev;
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
u64 cmd_reg, status_reg;
size_t out_len;
int rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
lockdep_assert_held(&mds->mbox_mutex);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
/*
* Here are the steps from 8.2.8.4 of the CXL 2.0 spec.
* 1. Caller reads MB Control Register to verify doorbell is clear
* 2. Caller writes Command Register
* 3. Caller writes Command Payload Registers if input payload is non-empty
* 4. Caller writes MB Control Register to set doorbell
* 5. Caller either polls for doorbell to be clear or waits for interrupt if configured
* 6. Caller reads MB Status Register to fetch Return code
* 7. If command successful, Caller reads Command Register to get Payload Length
* 8. If output payload is non-empty, host reads Command Payload Registers
*
* Hardware is free to do whatever it wants before the doorbell is rung,
* and isn't allowed to change anything after it clears the doorbell. As
* such, steps 2 and 3 can happen in any order, and steps 6, 7, 8 can
* also happen in any order (though some orders might not make sense).
*/
/* #1 */
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
if (cxl_doorbell_busy(cxlds)) {
cxl/pci: Defer mailbox status checks to command timeouts Device status can change without warning at any point in time. This effectively means that no amount of status checking before a command is submitted can guarantee that the device is not in an error condition when the command is later submitted. The clearest signal that a device is not able to process commands is if it fails to process commands. With the above understanding in hand, update cxl_pci_setup_mailbox() to validate the readiness of the mailbox once at the beginning of time, and then use timeouts and busy sequencing errors as the only occasions to report status. Just as before, unless and until the driver gains a reset recovery path, doorbell clearing failures by the device are fatal to mailbox operations. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298413480.3018233.9643395389297971819.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:28:54 +00:00
u64 md_status =
readq(cxlds->regs.memdev + CXLMDEV_STATUS_OFFSET);
cxl_cmd_err(cxlds->dev, mbox_cmd, md_status,
"mailbox queue busy");
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
return -EBUSY;
}
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
/*
* With sanitize polling, hardware might be done and the poller still
* not be in sync. Ensure no new command comes in until so. Keep the
* hardware semantics and only allow device health status.
*/
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
if (mds->security.poll_tmo_secs > 0) {
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
if (mbox_cmd->opcode != CXL_MBOX_OP_GET_HEALTH_INFO)
return -EBUSY;
}
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
cmd_reg = FIELD_PREP(CXLDEV_MBOX_CMD_COMMAND_OPCODE_MASK,
mbox_cmd->opcode);
if (mbox_cmd->size_in) {
if (WARN_ON(!mbox_cmd->payload_in))
return -EINVAL;
cmd_reg |= FIELD_PREP(CXLDEV_MBOX_CMD_PAYLOAD_LENGTH_MASK,
mbox_cmd->size_in);
memcpy_toio(payload, mbox_cmd->payload_in, mbox_cmd->size_in);
}
/* #2, #3 */
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
writeq(cmd_reg, cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CMD_OFFSET);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
/* #4 */
cxl/pci: Show opcode in debug messages when sending a command For debugging it is very helpful to see which commands are sent. Add it to the debug message. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230103210151.1126873-1-rrichter@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-03 21:01:50 +00:00
dev_dbg(dev, "Sending command: 0x%04x\n", mbox_cmd->opcode);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
writel(CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_DOORBELL,
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_OFFSET);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
/* #5 */
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
rc = cxl_pci_mbox_wait_for_doorbell(cxlds);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
if (rc == -ETIMEDOUT) {
cxl/pci: Defer mailbox status checks to command timeouts Device status can change without warning at any point in time. This effectively means that no amount of status checking before a command is submitted can guarantee that the device is not in an error condition when the command is later submitted. The clearest signal that a device is not able to process commands is if it fails to process commands. With the above understanding in hand, update cxl_pci_setup_mailbox() to validate the readiness of the mailbox once at the beginning of time, and then use timeouts and busy sequencing errors as the only occasions to report status. Just as before, unless and until the driver gains a reset recovery path, doorbell clearing failures by the device are fatal to mailbox operations. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298413480.3018233.9643395389297971819.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:28:54 +00:00
u64 md_status = readq(cxlds->regs.memdev + CXLMDEV_STATUS_OFFSET);
cxl_cmd_err(cxlds->dev, mbox_cmd, md_status, "mailbox timeout");
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
return rc;
}
/* #6 */
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
status_reg = readq(cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_STATUS_OFFSET);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
mbox_cmd->return_code =
FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_STATUS_RET_CODE_MASK, status_reg);
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
/*
* Handle the background command in a synchronous manner.
*
* All other mailbox commands will serialize/queue on the mbox_mutex,
* which we currently hold. Furthermore this also guarantees that
* cxl_mbox_background_complete() checks are safe amongst each other,
* in that no new bg operation can occur in between.
*
* Background operations are timesliced in accordance with the nature
* of the command. In the event of timeout, the mailbox state is
* indeterminate until the next successful command submission and the
* driver can get back in sync with the hardware state.
*/
if (mbox_cmd->return_code == CXL_MBOX_CMD_RC_BACKGROUND) {
u64 bg_status_reg;
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
int i, timeout;
/*
* Sanitization is a special case which monopolizes the device
* and cannot be timesliced. Handle asynchronously instead,
* and allow userspace to poll(2) for completion.
*/
if (mbox_cmd->opcode == CXL_MBOX_OP_SANITIZE) {
cxl/memdev: Fix sanitize vs decoder setup locking The sanitize operation is destructive and the expectation is that the device is unmapped while in progress. The current implementation does a lockless check for decoders being active, but then does nothing to prevent decoders from racing to be committed. Introduce state tracking to resolve this race. This incidentally cleans up unpriveleged userspace from triggering mmio read cycles by spinning on reading the 'security/state' attribute. Which at a minimum is a waste since the kernel state machine can cache the completion result. Lastly cxl_mem_sanitize() was mistakenly marked EXPORT_SYMBOL() in the original implementation, but an export was never required. Fixes: 0c36b6ad436a ("cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery") Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-05 01:35:01 +00:00
if (mds->security.sanitize_active)
return -EBUSY;
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
/* give first timeout a second */
timeout = 1;
mds->security.poll_tmo_secs = timeout;
cxl/memdev: Fix sanitize vs decoder setup locking The sanitize operation is destructive and the expectation is that the device is unmapped while in progress. The current implementation does a lockless check for decoders being active, but then does nothing to prevent decoders from racing to be committed. Introduce state tracking to resolve this race. This incidentally cleans up unpriveleged userspace from triggering mmio read cycles by spinning on reading the 'security/state' attribute. Which at a minimum is a waste since the kernel state machine can cache the completion result. Lastly cxl_mem_sanitize() was mistakenly marked EXPORT_SYMBOL() in the original implementation, but an export was never required. Fixes: 0c36b6ad436a ("cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery") Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-05 01:35:01 +00:00
mds->security.sanitize_active = true;
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
schedule_delayed_work(&mds->security.poll_dwork,
timeout * HZ);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
dev_dbg(dev, "Sanitization operation started\n");
goto success;
}
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
dev_dbg(dev, "Mailbox background operation (0x%04x) started\n",
mbox_cmd->opcode);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
timeout = mbox_cmd->poll_interval_ms;
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < mbox_cmd->poll_count; i++) {
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
if (rcuwait_wait_event_timeout(&mds->mbox_wait,
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
cxl_mbox_background_complete(cxlds),
TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE,
msecs_to_jiffies(timeout)) > 0)
break;
}
if (!cxl_mbox_background_complete(cxlds)) {
dev_err(dev, "timeout waiting for background (%d ms)\n",
timeout * mbox_cmd->poll_count);
return -ETIMEDOUT;
}
bg_status_reg = readq(cxlds->regs.mbox +
CXLDEV_MBOX_BG_CMD_STATUS_OFFSET);
mbox_cmd->return_code =
FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_BG_CMD_COMMAND_RC_MASK,
bg_status_reg);
dev_dbg(dev,
"Mailbox background operation (0x%04x) completed\n",
mbox_cmd->opcode);
}
cxl/mbox: Improve handling of mbox_cmd hw return codes Upon a completed command the caller is still expected to check the actual return_code register to ensure it succeed. This adds, per the spec, the potential command return codes. It maps the hardware return code with the kernel's errno style, and by default continues to use -ENXIO (Command completed, but device reported an error). Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed by: Adam Manzanares <a.manzanares@samsung.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220404021216.66841-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-04-04 02:12:15 +00:00
if (mbox_cmd->return_code != CXL_MBOX_CMD_RC_SUCCESS) {
cxl/mbox: Use new return_code handling Use the global cxl_mbox_cmd_rc table to improve debug messaging in __cxl_pci_mbox_send_cmd() and allow cxl_mbox_send_cmd() to map to proper kernel style errno codes - this patch continues to use -ENXIO only so no change in semantics. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed by: Adam Manzanares <a.manzanares@samsung.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220404021216.66841-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-04-04 02:12:16 +00:00
dev_dbg(dev, "Mailbox operation had an error: %s\n",
cxl_mbox_cmd_rc2str(mbox_cmd));
cxl/pci: Use CXL_MBOX_SUCCESS to check against mbox_cmd return code Also mention the need for the caller to check against any errors from the hardware in return_code. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed by: Adam Manzanares <a.manzanares@samsung.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220404021216.66841-3-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-04-04 02:12:14 +00:00
return 0; /* completed but caller must check return_code */
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
}
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
success:
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
/* #7 */
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
cmd_reg = readq(cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CMD_OFFSET);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
out_len = FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_CMD_PAYLOAD_LENGTH_MASK, cmd_reg);
/* #8 */
if (out_len && mbox_cmd->payload_out) {
/*
* Sanitize the copy. If hardware misbehaves, out_len per the
* spec can actually be greater than the max allowed size (21
* bits available but spec defined 1M max). The caller also may
* have requested less data than the hardware supplied even
* within spec.
*/
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
size_t n;
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
n = min3(mbox_cmd->size_out, mds->payload_size, out_len);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
memcpy_fromio(mbox_cmd->payload_out, payload, n);
mbox_cmd->size_out = n;
} else {
mbox_cmd->size_out = 0;
}
return 0;
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int cxl_pci_mbox_send(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds,
struct cxl_mbox_cmd *cmd)
cxl/mbox: Introduce the mbox_send operation In preparation for implementing a unit test backend transport for ioctl operations, and making the mailbox available to the cxl/pmem infrastructure, move the existing PCI specific portion of mailbox handling to an "mbox_send" operation. With this split all the PCI-specific transport details are comprehended by a single operation and the rest of the mailbox infrastructure is 'struct cxl_mem' and 'struct cxl_memdev' generic. Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163116434098.2460985.9004760022659400540.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-09 05:12:21 +00:00
{
int rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
mutex_lock_io(&mds->mbox_mutex);
rc = __cxl_pci_mbox_send_cmd(mds, cmd);
mutex_unlock(&mds->mbox_mutex);
cxl/mbox: Introduce the mbox_send operation In preparation for implementing a unit test backend transport for ioctl operations, and making the mailbox available to the cxl/pmem infrastructure, move the existing PCI specific portion of mailbox handling to an "mbox_send" operation. With this split all the PCI-specific transport details are comprehended by a single operation and the rest of the mailbox infrastructure is 'struct cxl_mem' and 'struct cxl_memdev' generic. Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163116434098.2460985.9004760022659400540.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-09 05:12:21 +00:00
return rc;
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int cxl_pci_setup_mailbox(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds)
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
{
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = &mds->cxlds;
cxl/memdev: Change cxl_mem to a more descriptive name The 'struct cxl_mem' object actually represents the state of a CXL device within the driver. Comments indicating that 'struct cxl_mem' is a device itself are incorrect. It is data layered on top of a CXL Memory Expander class device. Rename it 'struct cxl_dev_state'. The 'struct' cxl_memdev' structure represents a Linux CXL memory device object, and it uses services and information provided by 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Update the structure name, function names, and the kdocs to reflect the real uses of this structure. Some helper functions that were previously prefixed "cxl_mem_" are renamed to just "cxl_". Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211102202901.3675568-3-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-11-02 20:29:01 +00:00
const int cap = readl(cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CAPS_OFFSET);
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct device *dev = cxlds->dev;
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
unsigned long timeout;
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
int irq, msgnum;
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
u64 md_status;
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
u32 ctrl;
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
timeout = jiffies + mbox_ready_timeout * HZ;
do {
md_status = readq(cxlds->regs.memdev + CXLMDEV_STATUS_OFFSET);
if (md_status & CXLMDEV_MBOX_IF_READY)
break;
if (msleep_interruptible(100))
break;
} while (!time_after(jiffies, timeout));
if (!(md_status & CXLMDEV_MBOX_IF_READY)) {
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
cxl_err(dev, md_status, "timeout awaiting mailbox ready");
cxl/pci: Defer mailbox status checks to command timeouts Device status can change without warning at any point in time. This effectively means that no amount of status checking before a command is submitted can guarantee that the device is not in an error condition when the command is later submitted. The clearest signal that a device is not able to process commands is if it fails to process commands. With the above understanding in hand, update cxl_pci_setup_mailbox() to validate the readiness of the mailbox once at the beginning of time, and then use timeouts and busy sequencing errors as the only occasions to report status. Just as before, unless and until the driver gains a reset recovery path, doorbell clearing failures by the device are fatal to mailbox operations. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298413480.3018233.9643395389297971819.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:28:54 +00:00
return -ETIMEDOUT;
}
/*
* A command may be in flight from a previous driver instance,
* think kexec, do one doorbell wait so that
* __cxl_pci_mbox_send_cmd() can assume that it is the only
* source for future doorbell busy events.
*/
if (cxl_pci_mbox_wait_for_doorbell(cxlds) != 0) {
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
cxl_err(dev, md_status, "timeout awaiting mailbox idle");
cxl/pci: Defer mailbox status checks to command timeouts Device status can change without warning at any point in time. This effectively means that no amount of status checking before a command is submitted can guarantee that the device is not in an error condition when the command is later submitted. The clearest signal that a device is not able to process commands is if it fails to process commands. With the above understanding in hand, update cxl_pci_setup_mailbox() to validate the readiness of the mailbox once at the beginning of time, and then use timeouts and busy sequencing errors as the only occasions to report status. Just as before, unless and until the driver gains a reset recovery path, doorbell clearing failures by the device are fatal to mailbox operations. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164298413480.3018233.9643395389297971819.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-24 00:28:54 +00:00
return -ETIMEDOUT;
cxl/pci: Implement Interface Ready Timeout The original driver implementation used the doorbell timeout for the Mailbox Interface Ready bit to piggy back off of, since the latter does not have a defined timeout. This functionality, introduced in commit 8adaf747c9f0 ("cxl/mem: Find device capabilities"), needs improvement as the recent "Add Mailbox Ready Time" ECN timeout indicates that the mailbox ready time can be significantly longer that 2 seconds. While the specification limits the maximum timeout to 256s, the cxl_pci driver gives up on the mailbox after 60s. This value corresponds with important timeout values already present in the kernel. A module parameter is provided as an emergency override and represents the default Linux policy for all devices. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: add modparam, drop check_device_status()] Co-developed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164367306565.208548.1932299464604450843.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 23:51:45 +00:00
}
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
mds->mbox_send = cxl_pci_mbox_send;
mds->payload_size =
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
1 << FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_CAP_PAYLOAD_SIZE_MASK, cap);
/*
* CXL 2.0 8.2.8.4.3 Mailbox Capabilities Register
*
* If the size is too small, mandatory commands will not work and so
* there's no point in going forward. If the size is too large, there's
* no harm is soft limiting it.
*/
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
mds->payload_size = min_t(size_t, mds->payload_size, SZ_1M);
if (mds->payload_size < 256) {
dev_err(dev, "Mailbox is too small (%zub)",
mds->payload_size);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
return -ENXIO;
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
dev_dbg(dev, "Mailbox payload sized %zu", mds->payload_size);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
Merge branch 'for-6.5/cxl-type-2' into for-6.5/cxl Pick up the driver cleanups identified in preparation for CXL "type-2" (accelerator) device support. The major change here from a conflict generation perspective is the split of 'struct cxl_memdev_state' from the core 'struct cxl_dev_state'. Since an accelerator may not care about all the optional features that are standard on a CXL "type-3" (host-only memory expander) device. A silent conflict also occurs with the move of the endpoint port to be a formal property of a 'struct cxl_memdev' rather than drvdata.
2023-06-26 00:16:51 +00:00
rcuwait_init(&mds->mbox_wait);
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&mds->security.poll_dwork, cxl_mbox_sanitize_work);
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
/* background command interrupts are optional */
if (!(cap & CXLDEV_MBOX_CAP_BG_CMD_IRQ))
return 0;
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
msgnum = FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_MBOX_CAP_IRQ_MSGNUM_MASK, cap);
irq = pci_irq_vector(to_pci_dev(cxlds->dev), msgnum);
if (irq < 0)
return 0;
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
cxl/pci: Remove hardirq handler for cxl_request_irq() Now that all callers of cxl_request_irq() are using threaded irqs, drop the hardirq handler option. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 03:12:12 +00:00
if (cxl_request_irq(cxlds, irq, cxl_pci_mbox_irq))
cxl/mbox: Add background cmd handling machinery This adds support for handling background operations, as defined in the CXL 3.0 spec. Commands that can take too long (over ~2 seconds) can run in the background asynchronously (to the hardware). The driver will deal with such commands synchronously, blocking all other incoming commands for a specified period of time, allowing time-slicing the command such that the caller can send incremental requests to avoid monopolizing the driver/device. Any out of sync (timeout) between the driver and hardware is just disregarded as an invalid state until the next successful submission. Such timeouts are considered a rare occurrence, either a real device problem or a driver issue that needs to reduce the size of the background operation to fit the timeout. On devices where mbox interrupts are supported, this will still use a poller that will wakeup in the specified wait intervals. The irq handler will simply awake the blocked cmd, which is also safe vs a task that is either waking (timing out) or already awoken. Similarly any irq setup error during the probing falls back to polling, thus avoids unnecessarily erroring out. Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-5-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:27 +00:00
return 0;
cxl/pci: Cleanup 'sanitize' to always poll In preparation for fixing the init/teardown of the 'sanitize' workqueue and sysfs notification mechanism, arrange for cxl_mbox_sanitize_work() to be the single location where the sysfs attribute is notified. With that change there is no distinction between polled mode and interrupt mode. All the interrupt does is accelerate the polling interval. The change to check for "mds->security.sanitize_node" under the lock is there to ensure that the interrupt, the work routine and the setup/teardown code can all have a consistent view of the registered notifier and the workqueue state. I.e. the expectation is that the interrupt is live past the point that the sanitize sysfs attribute is published, and it may race teardown, so it must be consulted under a lock. Given that new locking requirement, cxl_pci_mbox_irq() is moved from hard to thread irq context. Lastly, some opportunistic replacements of "queue_delayed_work(system_wq, ...)", which is just open coded schedule_delayed_work(), are included. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-09-29 19:44:20 +00:00
dev_dbg(cxlds->dev, "Mailbox interrupts enabled\n");
/* enable background command mbox irq support */
ctrl = readl(cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_OFFSET);
ctrl |= CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_BG_CMD_IRQ;
writel(ctrl, cxlds->regs.mbox + CXLDEV_MBOX_CTRL_OFFSET);
cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery Sanitization is by definition a device-monopolizing operation, and thus the timeslicing rules for other background commands do not apply. As such handle this special case asynchronously and return immediately. Subsequent changes will allow completion to be pollable from userspace via a sysfs file interface. For devices that don't support interrupts for notifying background command completion, self-poll with the caveat that the poller can be out of sync with the ready hardware, and therefore care must be taken to not allow any new commands to go through until the poller sees the hw completion. The poller takes the mbox_mutex to stabilize the flagging, minimizing any runtime overhead in the send path to check for 'sanitize_tmo' for uncommon poll scenarios. The irq case is much simpler as hardware will serialize/error appropriately. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230612181038.14421-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-12 18:10:34 +00:00
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
return 0;
}
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
/*
* Assume that any RCIEP that emits the CXL memory expander class code
* is an RCD
*/
static bool is_cxl_restricted(struct pci_dev *pdev)
cxl/mem: Split creation from mapping in probe Add a new function specifically for mapping the register blocks and offsets within. The new function can be used more generically for other register block identifiers. No functional change is meant to be introduced in this patch with the exception of a dev_err printed when the device register block isn't found. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210407222625.320177-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-04-07 22:26:20 +00:00
{
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
return pci_pcie_type(pdev) == PCI_EXP_TYPE_RC_END;
cxl/pci: Map registers based on capabilities The information required to map registers based on capabilities is contained within the bars themselves. This means the bar must be mapped to read the information needed and then unmapped to map the individual parts of the BAR based on capabilities. Change cxl_setup_device_regs() to return a new cxl_register_map, change the name to cxl_probe_device_regs(). Allocate and place cxl_register_maps on a list while processing all of the specified register blocks. After probing all the register blocks go back and map smaller registers blocks based on their capabilities and dispose of the cxl_register_maps. NOTE: pci_iomap() is not managed automatically via pcim_enable_device() so be careful to call pci_iounmap() correctly. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604005036.4187184-1-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-04 00:50:36 +00:00
}
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
static int cxl_rcrb_get_comp_regs(struct pci_dev *pdev,
struct cxl_register_map *map)
cxl/pci: Map registers based on capabilities The information required to map registers based on capabilities is contained within the bars themselves. This means the bar must be mapped to read the information needed and then unmapped to map the individual parts of the BAR based on capabilities. Change cxl_setup_device_regs() to return a new cxl_register_map, change the name to cxl_probe_device_regs(). Allocate and place cxl_register_maps on a list while processing all of the specified register blocks. After probing all the register blocks go back and map smaller registers blocks based on their capabilities and dispose of the cxl_register_maps. NOTE: pci_iomap() is not managed automatically via pcim_enable_device() so be careful to call pci_iounmap() correctly. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604005036.4187184-1-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-04 00:50:36 +00:00
{
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
struct cxl_port *port;
struct cxl_dport *dport;
resource_size_t component_reg_phys;
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
*map = (struct cxl_register_map) {
cxl/core/regs: Rename @dev to @host in struct cxl_register_map The primary role of @dev is to host the mappings for devm operations. @dev is too ambiguous as a name. I.e. when does @dev refer to the 'struct device *' instance that the registers belong, and when does @dev refer to the 'struct device *' instance hosting the mapping for devm operations? Clarify the role of @dev in cxl_register_map by renaming it to @host. Also, rename local variables to 'host' where map->host is used. Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231018171713.1883517-3-rrichter@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-18 17:16:55 +00:00
.host = &pdev->dev,
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
.resource = CXL_RESOURCE_NONE,
};
cxl/pci: Add HDM decoder capabilities An HDM decoder is defined in the CXL 2.0 specification as a mechanism that allow devices and upstream ports to claim memory address ranges and participate in interleave sets. HDM decoder registers are within the component register block defined in CXL 2.0 8.2.3 CXL 2.0 Component Registers as part of the CXL.cache and CXL.mem subregion. The Component Register Block is found via the Register Locator DVSEC in a similar fashion to how the CXL Device Register Block is found. The primary difference is the capability id size of the Component Register Block is a single DWORD instead of 4 DWORDS. It's now possible to configure a CXL type 3 device's HDM decoder. Such programming is expected for CXL devices with persistent memory, and hot plugged CXL devices that participate in CXL.mem with volatile memory. Add probe and mapping functions for the component register blocks. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Co-developed-by: Vishal Verma <vishal.l.verma@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Vishal Verma <vishal.l.verma@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210528004922.3980613-6-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-05-28 00:49:22 +00:00
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
port = cxl_pci_find_port(pdev, &dport);
if (!port)
return -EPROBE_DEFER;
cxl/pci: Map registers based on capabilities The information required to map registers based on capabilities is contained within the bars themselves. This means the bar must be mapped to read the information needed and then unmapped to map the individual parts of the BAR based on capabilities. Change cxl_setup_device_regs() to return a new cxl_register_map, change the name to cxl_probe_device_regs(). Allocate and place cxl_register_maps on a list while processing all of the specified register blocks. After probing all the register blocks go back and map smaller registers blocks based on their capabilities and dispose of the cxl_register_maps. NOTE: pci_iomap() is not managed automatically via pcim_enable_device() so be careful to call pci_iounmap() correctly. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604005036.4187184-1-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-04 00:50:36 +00:00
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
component_reg_phys = cxl_rcd_component_reg_phys(&pdev->dev, dport);
put_device(&port->dev);
if (component_reg_phys == CXL_RESOURCE_NONE)
return -ENXIO;
map->resource = component_reg_phys;
map->reg_type = CXL_REGLOC_RBI_COMPONENT;
map->max_size = CXL_COMPONENT_REG_BLOCK_SIZE;
cxl/pci: Map registers based on capabilities The information required to map registers based on capabilities is contained within the bars themselves. This means the bar must be mapped to read the information needed and then unmapped to map the individual parts of the BAR based on capabilities. Change cxl_setup_device_regs() to return a new cxl_register_map, change the name to cxl_probe_device_regs(). Allocate and place cxl_register_maps on a list while processing all of the specified register blocks. After probing all the register blocks go back and map smaller registers blocks based on their capabilities and dispose of the cxl_register_maps. NOTE: pci_iomap() is not managed automatically via pcim_enable_device() so be careful to call pci_iounmap() correctly. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604005036.4187184-1-ira.weiny@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-04 00:50:36 +00:00
return 0;
}
cxl/pci: Refactor component register discovery for reuse The endpoint implements component register setup code. Refactor it for reuse with RCRB, downstream port, and upstream port setup. Move PCI specifics from cxl_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_setup_regs(). Move cxl_setup_regs() into cxl/core/regs.c and export it. This also includes supporting static functions cxl_map_registerblock(), cxl_unmap_register_block() and cxl_probe_regs(). Co-developed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-8-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:03 +00:00
static int cxl_pci_setup_regs(struct pci_dev *pdev, enum cxl_regloc_type type,
struct cxl_register_map *map)
cxl/pci: Split cxl_pci_setup_regs() In preparation for moving parts of register mapping to cxl_core, split cxl_pci_setup_regs() into a helper that finds register blocks, (cxl_find_regblock()), and a generic wrapper that probes the precise register sets within a block (cxl_setup_regs()). Move the actual mapping (cxl_map_regs()) of the only register-set that cxl_pci cares about (memory device registers) up a level from the former cxl_pci_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_probe(). With this change the unused component registers are no longer mapped, but the helpers are primed to move into the core. [djbw: drop cxl_map_regs() for component registers] Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> [djbw: rebase on the cxl_register_map refactor] Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163434053788.914258.18412599112859205220.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-10-15 23:30:42 +00:00
{
int rc;
cxl/pci: Simplify register setup It is desirable to retain the mappings from the calling function. By simplifying this code, it will be much more straightforward to do that. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210716231548.174778-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-07-16 23:15:47 +00:00
cxl/pci: Split cxl_pci_setup_regs() In preparation for moving parts of register mapping to cxl_core, split cxl_pci_setup_regs() into a helper that finds register blocks, (cxl_find_regblock()), and a generic wrapper that probes the precise register sets within a block (cxl_setup_regs()). Move the actual mapping (cxl_map_regs()) of the only register-set that cxl_pci cares about (memory device registers) up a level from the former cxl_pci_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_probe(). With this change the unused component registers are no longer mapped, but the helpers are primed to move into the core. [djbw: drop cxl_map_regs() for component registers] Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> [djbw: rebase on the cxl_register_map refactor] Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163434053788.914258.18412599112859205220.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-10-15 23:30:42 +00:00
rc = cxl_find_regblock(pdev, type, map);
cxl/mem: Move register locator logic into reg setup Start moving code around to ultimately get rid of @cxlm.base. The @cxlm.base member serves no purpose other than intermediate storage of the offset found in cxl_mem_map_regblock() later used by cxl_mem_setup_regs(). Aside from wanting to get rid of this useless member, it will help later when adding new register block identifiers. While @cxlm.base still exists, it will become trivial to remove it in a future patch. No functional change is meant to be introduced in this patch. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210407222625.320177-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-04-07 22:26:21 +00:00
cxl/pci: Early setup RCH dport component registers from RCRB CXL RAS capabilities must be enabled and accessible as soon as the CXL endpoint is detected in the PCI hierarchy and bound to the cxl_pci driver. This needs to be independent of other modules such as cxl_port or cxl_mem. CXL RAS capabilities reside in the Component Registers. For an RCH this is determined by probing RCRB which is implemented very late once the CXL Memory Device is created. Change this by moving the RCRB probe to the cxl_pci driver. Do this by using a new introduced function cxl_pci_find_port() similar to cxl_mem_find_port() to determine the involved dport by the endpoint's PCI handle. Plug this into the existing cxl_pci_setup_regs() function to setup Component Registers. Probe the RCRB in case the Component Registers cannot be located through the CXL Register Locator capability. This unifies code and early sets up the Component Registers at the same time for both, VH and RCH mode. Only the cxl_pci driver is involved for this. This allows an early mapping of the CXL RAS capability registers. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-14-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:09 +00:00
/*
* If the Register Locator DVSEC does not exist, check if it
* is an RCH and try to extract the Component Registers from
* an RCRB.
*/
if (rc && type == CXL_REGLOC_RBI_COMPONENT && is_cxl_restricted(pdev))
rc = cxl_rcrb_get_comp_regs(pdev, map);
cxl/pci: Split cxl_pci_setup_regs() In preparation for moving parts of register mapping to cxl_core, split cxl_pci_setup_regs() into a helper that finds register blocks, (cxl_find_regblock()), and a generic wrapper that probes the precise register sets within a block (cxl_setup_regs()). Move the actual mapping (cxl_map_regs()) of the only register-set that cxl_pci cares about (memory device registers) up a level from the former cxl_pci_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_probe(). With this change the unused component registers are no longer mapped, but the helpers are primed to move into the core. [djbw: drop cxl_map_regs() for component registers] Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> [djbw: rebase on the cxl_register_map refactor] Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163434053788.914258.18412599112859205220.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-10-15 23:30:42 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/pci: Refactor component register discovery for reuse The endpoint implements component register setup code. Refactor it for reuse with RCRB, downstream port, and upstream port setup. Move PCI specifics from cxl_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_setup_regs(). Move cxl_setup_regs() into cxl/core/regs.c and export it. This also includes supporting static functions cxl_map_registerblock(), cxl_unmap_register_block() and cxl_probe_regs(). Co-developed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-8-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:03 +00:00
return cxl_setup_regs(map);
cxl/port: Add RCD endpoint port enumeration Unlike a CXL memory expander in a VH topology that has at least one intervening 'struct cxl_port' instance between itself and the CXL root device, an RCD attaches one-level higher. For example: VH ┌──────────┐ │ ACPI0017 │ │ root0 │ └─────┬────┘ │ ┌─────┴────┐ │ dport0 │ ┌─────┤ ACPI0016 ├─────┐ │ │ port1 │ │ │ └────┬─────┘ │ │ │ │ ┌──┴───┐ ┌──┴───┐ ┌───┴──┐ │dport0│ │dport1│ │dport2│ │ RP0 │ │ RP1 │ │ RP2 │ └──────┘ └──┬───┘ └──────┘ │ ┌───┴─────┐ │endpoint0│ │ port2 │ └─────────┘ ...vs: RCH ┌──────────┐ │ ACPI0017 │ │ root0 │ └────┬─────┘ │ ┌───┴────┐ │ dport0 │ │ACPI0016│ └───┬────┘ │ ┌────┴─────┐ │endpoint0 │ │ port1 │ └──────────┘ So arrange for endpoint port in the RCH/RCD case to appear directly connected to the host-bridge in its singular role as a dport. Compare that to the VH case where the host-bridge serves a dual role as a 'cxl_dport' for the CXL root device *and* a 'cxl_port' upstream port for the Root Ports in the Root Complex that are modeled as 'cxl_dport' instances in the CXL topology. Another deviation from the VH case is that RCDs may need to look up their component registers from the Root Complex Register Block (RCRB). That platform firmware specified RCRB area is cached by the cxl_acpi driver and conveyed via the host-bridge dport to the cxl_mem driver to perform the cxl_rcrb_to_component() lookup for the endpoint port (See 9.11.8 CXL Devices Attached to an RCH for the lookup of the upstream port component registers). Tested-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166993045621.1882361.1730100141527044744.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Reviewed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Camerom <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-12-01 21:34:16 +00:00
}
cxl: add RAS status unmasking for CXL By default the CXL RAS mask registers bits are defaulted to 1's and suppress all error reporting. If the kernel has negotiated ownership of error handling for CXL then unmask the mask registers by writing 0s. PCI_EXP_DEVCTL capability is checked to see uncorrectable or correctable errors bits are set before unmasking the respective errors. Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> # pci_regs.h Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/167639402301.778884.12556849214955646539.stgit@djiang5-mobl3.local Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-02-14 17:00:24 +00:00
static int cxl_pci_ras_unmask(struct pci_dev *pdev)
{
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = pci_get_drvdata(pdev);
void __iomem *addr;
u32 orig_val, val, mask;
u16 cap;
int rc;
if (!cxlds->regs.ras) {
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "No RAS registers.\n");
return 0;
}
cxl/pci: Fix appropriate checking for _OSC while handling CXL RAS registers cxl_pci fails to unmask CXL protocol errors when CXL memory error reporting is not granted native control. Given that CXL memory error reporting uses the event interface and protocol errors use AER, unmask protocol errors based only on the native AER setting. Without this change end user deployments will fail to report protocol errors in the case where native memory error handling is not granted to Linux. Also, return zero instead of an error code to not block the communication with the cxl device when in native memory error reporting mode. Fixes: 248529edc86f ("cxl: add RAS status unmasking for CXL") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Smita Koralahalli <Smita.KoralahalliChannabasappa@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230823234305.27333-2-Smita.KoralahalliChannabasappa@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-08-23 23:43:03 +00:00
/* BIOS has PCIe AER error control */
cxl/pci: Replace host_bridge->native_aer with pcie_aer_is_native() Use pcie_aer_is_native() to determine the native AER ownership as the usage of host_bride->native_aer does not cover command line override of AER ownership. Signed-off-by: Smita Koralahalli <Smita.KoralahalliChannabasappa@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Kuppuswamy Sathyanarayanan <sathyanarayanan.kuppuswamy@linux.intel.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230823234305.27333-4-Smita.KoralahalliChannabasappa@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-08-23 23:43:05 +00:00
if (!pcie_aer_is_native(pdev))
cxl/pci: Fix appropriate checking for _OSC while handling CXL RAS registers cxl_pci fails to unmask CXL protocol errors when CXL memory error reporting is not granted native control. Given that CXL memory error reporting uses the event interface and protocol errors use AER, unmask protocol errors based only on the native AER setting. Without this change end user deployments will fail to report protocol errors in the case where native memory error handling is not granted to Linux. Also, return zero instead of an error code to not block the communication with the cxl device when in native memory error reporting mode. Fixes: 248529edc86f ("cxl: add RAS status unmasking for CXL") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Smita Koralahalli <Smita.KoralahalliChannabasappa@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230823234305.27333-2-Smita.KoralahalliChannabasappa@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-08-23 23:43:03 +00:00
return 0;
cxl: add RAS status unmasking for CXL By default the CXL RAS mask registers bits are defaulted to 1's and suppress all error reporting. If the kernel has negotiated ownership of error handling for CXL then unmask the mask registers by writing 0s. PCI_EXP_DEVCTL capability is checked to see uncorrectable or correctable errors bits are set before unmasking the respective errors. Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> # pci_regs.h Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/167639402301.778884.12556849214955646539.stgit@djiang5-mobl3.local Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-02-14 17:00:24 +00:00
rc = pcie_capability_read_word(pdev, PCI_EXP_DEVCTL, &cap);
if (rc)
return rc;
if (cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_URRE) {
addr = cxlds->regs.ras + CXL_RAS_UNCORRECTABLE_MASK_OFFSET;
orig_val = readl(addr);
cxl/pci: Unconditionally unmask 256B Flit errors The current check for 256B Flit mode is incomplete and unnecessary. It is incomplete because it fails to consider the link speed, or check for CXL link capabilities. It is unnecessary because unconditionally unmasking 256B Flit errors is a nop when 256B Flit operation is not available. Remove this check in preparation for creating a cxl_probe_link() helper to centralize this detection. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679263124.3436160.6228910132469454346.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:31 +00:00
mask = CXL_RAS_UNCORRECTABLE_MASK_MASK |
CXL_RAS_UNCORRECTABLE_MASK_F256B_MASK;
cxl: add RAS status unmasking for CXL By default the CXL RAS mask registers bits are defaulted to 1's and suppress all error reporting. If the kernel has negotiated ownership of error handling for CXL then unmask the mask registers by writing 0s. PCI_EXP_DEVCTL capability is checked to see uncorrectable or correctable errors bits are set before unmasking the respective errors. Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> # pci_regs.h Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/167639402301.778884.12556849214955646539.stgit@djiang5-mobl3.local Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-02-14 17:00:24 +00:00
val = orig_val & ~mask;
writel(val, addr);
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev,
"Uncorrectable RAS Errors Mask: %#x -> %#x\n",
orig_val, val);
}
if (cap & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_CERE) {
addr = cxlds->regs.ras + CXL_RAS_CORRECTABLE_MASK_OFFSET;
orig_val = readl(addr);
val = orig_val & ~CXL_RAS_CORRECTABLE_MASK_MASK;
writel(val, addr);
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "Correctable RAS Errors Mask: %#x -> %#x\n",
orig_val, val);
}
return 0;
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
}
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
static void free_event_buf(void *buf)
{
kvfree(buf);
}
/*
* There is a single buffer for reading event logs from the mailbox. All logs
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
* share this buffer protected by the mds->event_log_lock.
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
*/
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int cxl_mem_alloc_event_buf(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds)
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
{
struct cxl_get_event_payload *buf;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
buf = kvmalloc(mds->payload_size, GFP_KERNEL);
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
if (!buf)
return -ENOMEM;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
mds->event.buf = buf;
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
return devm_add_action_or_reset(mds->cxlds.dev, free_event_buf, buf);
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
}
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
static int cxl_alloc_irq_vectors(struct pci_dev *pdev)
{
int nvecs;
/*
* Per CXL 3.0 3.1.1 CXL.io Endpoint a function on a CXL device must
* not generate INTx messages if that function participates in
* CXL.cache or CXL.mem.
*
* Additionally pci_alloc_irq_vectors() handles calling
* pci_free_irq_vectors() automatically despite not being called
* pcim_*. See pci_setup_msi_context().
*/
nvecs = pci_alloc_irq_vectors(pdev, 1, CXL_PCI_DEFAULT_MAX_VECTORS,
PCI_IRQ_MSIX | PCI_IRQ_MSI);
if (nvecs < 1) {
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "Failed to alloc irq vectors: %d\n", nvecs);
return -ENXIO;
}
return 0;
}
static irqreturn_t cxl_event_thread(int irq, void *id)
{
struct cxl_dev_id *dev_id = id;
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = dev_id->cxlds;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct cxl_memdev_state *mds = to_cxl_memdev_state(cxlds);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
u32 status;
do {
/*
* CXL 3.0 8.2.8.3.1: The lower 32 bits are the status;
* ignore the reserved upper 32 bits
*/
status = readl(cxlds->regs.status + CXLDEV_DEV_EVENT_STATUS_OFFSET);
/* Ignore logs unknown to the driver */
status &= CXLDEV_EVENT_STATUS_ALL;
if (!status)
break;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
cxl_mem_get_event_records(mds, status);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
cond_resched();
} while (status);
return IRQ_HANDLED;
}
static int cxl_event_req_irq(struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds, u8 setting)
{
cxl/pci: Introduce cxl_request_irq() Factor out common functionality/semantics for cxl shared interrupts into a new helper on top of devm_request_irq(). Suggested-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-4-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:26 +00:00
struct pci_dev *pdev = to_pci_dev(cxlds->dev);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
int irq;
if (FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_EVENT_INT_MODE_MASK, setting) != CXL_INT_MSI_MSIX)
return -ENXIO;
irq = pci_irq_vector(pdev,
FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_EVENT_INT_MSGNUM_MASK, setting));
if (irq < 0)
return irq;
cxl/pci: Remove hardirq handler for cxl_request_irq() Now that all callers of cxl_request_irq() are using threaded irqs, drop the hardirq handler option. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 03:12:12 +00:00
return cxl_request_irq(cxlds, irq, cxl_event_thread);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int cxl_event_get_int_policy(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds,
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
struct cxl_event_interrupt_policy *policy)
{
struct cxl_mbox_cmd mbox_cmd = {
.opcode = CXL_MBOX_OP_GET_EVT_INT_POLICY,
.payload_out = policy,
.size_out = sizeof(*policy),
};
int rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_internal_send_cmd(mds, &mbox_cmd);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc < 0)
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
dev_err(mds->cxlds.dev,
"Failed to get event interrupt policy : %d", rc);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
return rc;
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int cxl_event_config_msgnums(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds,
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
struct cxl_event_interrupt_policy *policy)
{
struct cxl_mbox_cmd mbox_cmd;
int rc;
*policy = (struct cxl_event_interrupt_policy) {
.info_settings = CXL_INT_MSI_MSIX,
.warn_settings = CXL_INT_MSI_MSIX,
.failure_settings = CXL_INT_MSI_MSIX,
.fatal_settings = CXL_INT_MSI_MSIX,
};
mbox_cmd = (struct cxl_mbox_cmd) {
.opcode = CXL_MBOX_OP_SET_EVT_INT_POLICY,
.payload_in = policy,
.size_in = sizeof(*policy),
};
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_internal_send_cmd(mds, &mbox_cmd);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc < 0) {
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
dev_err(mds->cxlds.dev, "Failed to set event interrupt policy : %d",
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
rc);
return rc;
}
/* Retrieve final interrupt settings */
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
return cxl_event_get_int_policy(mds, policy);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
static int cxl_event_irqsetup(struct cxl_memdev_state *mds)
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
{
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = &mds->cxlds;
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
struct cxl_event_interrupt_policy policy;
int rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_event_config_msgnums(mds, &policy);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
rc = cxl_event_req_irq(cxlds, policy.info_settings);
if (rc) {
dev_err(cxlds->dev, "Failed to get interrupt for event Info log\n");
return rc;
}
rc = cxl_event_req_irq(cxlds, policy.warn_settings);
if (rc) {
dev_err(cxlds->dev, "Failed to get interrupt for event Warn log\n");
return rc;
}
rc = cxl_event_req_irq(cxlds, policy.failure_settings);
if (rc) {
dev_err(cxlds->dev, "Failed to get interrupt for event Failure log\n");
return rc;
}
rc = cxl_event_req_irq(cxlds, policy.fatal_settings);
if (rc) {
dev_err(cxlds->dev, "Failed to get interrupt for event Fatal log\n");
return rc;
}
return 0;
}
static bool cxl_event_int_is_fw(u8 setting)
{
u8 mode = FIELD_GET(CXLDEV_EVENT_INT_MODE_MASK, setting);
return mode == CXL_INT_FW;
}
static int cxl_event_config(struct pci_host_bridge *host_bridge,
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct cxl_memdev_state *mds)
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
{
struct cxl_event_interrupt_policy policy;
int rc;
/*
* When BIOS maintains CXL error reporting control, it will process
* event records. Only one agent can do so.
*/
if (!host_bridge->native_cxl_error)
return 0;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_mem_alloc_event_buf(mds);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_event_get_int_policy(mds, &policy);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
if (cxl_event_int_is_fw(policy.info_settings) ||
cxl_event_int_is_fw(policy.warn_settings) ||
cxl_event_int_is_fw(policy.failure_settings) ||
cxl_event_int_is_fw(policy.fatal_settings)) {
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
dev_err(mds->cxlds.dev,
"FW still in control of Event Logs despite _OSC settings\n");
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
return -EBUSY;
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_event_irqsetup(mds);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
cxl_mem_get_event_records(mds, CXLDEV_EVENT_STATUS_ALL);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
return 0;
}
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
static int cxl_pci_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *id)
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
{
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
struct pci_host_bridge *host_bridge = pci_find_host_bridge(pdev->bus);
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
struct cxl_memdev_state *mds;
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds;
cxl/pci: Split cxl_pci_setup_regs() In preparation for moving parts of register mapping to cxl_core, split cxl_pci_setup_regs() into a helper that finds register blocks, (cxl_find_regblock()), and a generic wrapper that probes the precise register sets within a block (cxl_setup_regs()). Move the actual mapping (cxl_map_regs()) of the only register-set that cxl_pci cares about (memory device registers) up a level from the former cxl_pci_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_probe(). With this change the unused component registers are no longer mapped, but the helpers are primed to move into the core. [djbw: drop cxl_map_regs() for component registers] Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> [djbw: rebase on the cxl_register_map refactor] Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163434053788.914258.18412599112859205220.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-10-15 23:30:42 +00:00
struct cxl_register_map map;
cxl/pmem: Register 'pmem' / cxl_nvdimm devices While a memX device on /sys/bus/cxl represents a CXL memory expander control interface, a pmemX device represents the persistent memory sub-functionality. It bridges the CXL subystem to the libnvdimm nmemX control interface. With this skeleton ndctl can now see persistent memory devices on a "CXL" bus. Later patches add support for translating libnvdimm native commands to CXL commands. # ndctl list -BDiu -b CXL { "provider":"CXL", "dev":"ndbus1", "dimms":[ { "dev":"nmem1", "state":"disabled" }, { "dev":"nmem0", "state":"disabled" } ] } Given nvdimm_bus_unregister() removes all devices on an ndbus0 the cxl_pmem infrastructure needs to arrange ->remove() to be triggered on cxl_nvdimm devices to keep their enabled state synchronized with the registration state of their corresponding device on the nvdimm_bus. In other words, always arrange for cxl_nvdimm_driver.remove() to unregister nvdimms from an nvdimm_bus ahead of the bus being unregistered. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/162380012696.3039556.4293801691038740850.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-15 23:36:31 +00:00
struct cxl_memdev *cxlmd;
cxl/pci: Find and register CXL PMU devices CXL PMU devices can be found from entries in the Register Locator DVSEC. Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230526095824.16336-4-Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-26 09:58:22 +00:00
int i, rc, pmu_count;
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
cxl/pci: Use module_pci_driver Now that cxl_mem_{init,exit} no longer need to manage debugfs, switch back to the smaller form of the boiler plate. Acked-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163116435825.2460985.7201322215431441130.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-09 05:12:38 +00:00
/*
* Double check the anonymous union trickery in struct cxl_regs
* FIXME switch to struct_group()
*/
BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct cxl_regs, memdev) !=
offsetof(struct cxl_regs, device_regs.memdev));
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
rc = pcim_enable_device(pdev);
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
pci_set_master(pdev);
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
mds = cxl_memdev_state_create(&pdev->dev);
if (IS_ERR(mds))
return PTR_ERR(mds);
cxlds = &mds->cxlds;
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
pci_set_drvdata(pdev, cxlds);
cxl/mem: Split creation from mapping in probe Add a new function specifically for mapping the register blocks and offsets within. The new function can be used more generically for other register block identifiers. No functional change is meant to be introduced in this patch with the exception of a dev_err printed when the device register block isn't found. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210407222625.320177-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-04-07 22:26:20 +00:00
cxl/port: Add RCD endpoint port enumeration Unlike a CXL memory expander in a VH topology that has at least one intervening 'struct cxl_port' instance between itself and the CXL root device, an RCD attaches one-level higher. For example: VH ┌──────────┐ │ ACPI0017 │ │ root0 │ └─────┬────┘ │ ┌─────┴────┐ │ dport0 │ ┌─────┤ ACPI0016 ├─────┐ │ │ port1 │ │ │ └────┬─────┘ │ │ │ │ ┌──┴───┐ ┌──┴───┐ ┌───┴──┐ │dport0│ │dport1│ │dport2│ │ RP0 │ │ RP1 │ │ RP2 │ └──────┘ └──┬───┘ └──────┘ │ ┌───┴─────┐ │endpoint0│ │ port2 │ └─────────┘ ...vs: RCH ┌──────────┐ │ ACPI0017 │ │ root0 │ └────┬─────┘ │ ┌───┴────┐ │ dport0 │ │ACPI0016│ └───┬────┘ │ ┌────┴─────┐ │endpoint0 │ │ port1 │ └──────────┘ So arrange for endpoint port in the RCH/RCD case to appear directly connected to the host-bridge in its singular role as a dport. Compare that to the VH case where the host-bridge serves a dual role as a 'cxl_dport' for the CXL root device *and* a 'cxl_port' upstream port for the Root Ports in the Root Complex that are modeled as 'cxl_dport' instances in the CXL topology. Another deviation from the VH case is that RCDs may need to look up their component registers from the Root Complex Register Block (RCRB). That platform firmware specified RCRB area is cached by the cxl_acpi driver and conveyed via the host-bridge dport to the cxl_mem driver to perform the cxl_rcrb_to_component() lookup for the endpoint port (See 9.11.8 CXL Devices Attached to an RCH for the lookup of the upstream port component registers). Tested-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166993045621.1882361.1730100141527044744.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Reviewed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Camerom <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-12-01 21:34:16 +00:00
cxlds->rcd = is_cxl_restricted(pdev);
cxl/pci: Emit device serial number Per the CXL specification (8.1.12.2 Memory Device PCIe Capabilities and Extended Capabilities) the Device Serial Number capability is mandatory. Emit it for user tooling to identify devices. It is reasonable to ask whether the attribute should be added to the list of PCI sysfs device attributes. The PCI layer can optionally emit it too, but the CXL subsystem is aiming to preserve its independence and the possibility of CXL topologies with non-PCI devices in it. To date that has only proven useful for the 'cxl_test' model, but as can be seen with seen with ACPI0016 devices, sometimes all that is needed is a platform firmware table to point to CXL Component Registers in MMIO space to define a "CXL" device. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164366608838.196598.16856227191534267098.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-01-31 21:56:11 +00:00
cxlds->serial = pci_get_dsn(pdev);
cxl/pci: Cache device DVSEC offset The PCIe device DVSEC, defined in the CXL 2.0 spec, 8.1.3 is required to be implemented by CXL 2.0 endpoint devices. In preparation for consuming this information in a new cxl_mem driver, retrieve the CXL DVSEC position and warn about the implications of not finding it. Allow for mailbox operation even if the CXL DVSEC is missing. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164375309615.513620.7874131241128599893.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-02-01 22:06:32 +00:00
cxlds->cxl_dvsec = pci_find_dvsec_capability(
pdev, PCI_DVSEC_VENDOR_ID_CXL, CXL_DVSEC_PCIE_DEVICE);
if (!cxlds->cxl_dvsec)
dev_warn(&pdev->dev,
"Device DVSEC not present, skip CXL.mem init\n");
cxl/pci: Refactor component register discovery for reuse The endpoint implements component register setup code. Refactor it for reuse with RCRB, downstream port, and upstream port setup. Move PCI specifics from cxl_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_setup_regs(). Move cxl_setup_regs() into cxl/core/regs.c and export it. This also includes supporting static functions cxl_map_registerblock(), cxl_unmap_register_block() and cxl_probe_regs(). Co-developed-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-8-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:03 +00:00
rc = cxl_pci_setup_regs(pdev, CXL_REGLOC_RBI_MEMDEV, &map);
cxl/pci: Split cxl_pci_setup_regs() In preparation for moving parts of register mapping to cxl_core, split cxl_pci_setup_regs() into a helper that finds register blocks, (cxl_find_regblock()), and a generic wrapper that probes the precise register sets within a block (cxl_setup_regs()). Move the actual mapping (cxl_map_regs()) of the only register-set that cxl_pci cares about (memory device registers) up a level from the former cxl_pci_setup_regs() into cxl_pci_probe(). With this change the unused component registers are no longer mapped, but the helpers are primed to move into the core. [djbw: drop cxl_map_regs() for component registers] Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> [djbw: rebase on the cxl_register_map refactor] Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163434053788.914258.18412599112859205220.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-10-15 23:30:42 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/core/regs: Add @dev to cxl_register_map The corresponding device of a register mapping is used for devm operations and logging. For operations with struct cxl_register_map the device needs to be kept track separately. To simpify the involved function interfaces, add @dev to cxl_register_map. While at it also reorder function arguments of cxl_map_device_regs() and cxl_map_component_regs() to have the object @cxl_register_map first. As a result a bunch of functions are available to be used with a @cxl_register_map object. This patch is in preparation of reworking the component register setup code. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-7-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_map_device_regs(&map, &cxlds->regs.device_regs);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/pci: Store component register base in cxlds In preparation for defining a cxl_port object to represent the decoder resources of a memory expander capture the component register base address. The port driver uses the component register base to enumerate the HDM Decoder Capability structure. Unlike other cxl_port objects the endpoint port decodes from upstream SPA to downstream DPA rather than upstream port to downstream port. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: clarify changelog] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164375084181.484304.3919737667590006795.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-02-01 21:28:53 +00:00
/*
* If the component registers can't be found, the cxl_pci driver may
* still be useful for management functions so don't return an error.
*/
cxl/pci: Store the endpoint's Component Register mappings in struct cxl_dev_state Same as for ports and dports, also store the endpoint's Component Register mappings, use struct cxl_dev_state for that. Keep the Component Register base address @component_reg_phys a bit to not break functionality. It will be removed after the transition in a later patch. Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231018171713.1883517-7-rrichter@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-18 17:16:59 +00:00
rc = cxl_pci_setup_regs(pdev, CXL_REGLOC_RBI_COMPONENT,
&cxlds->reg_map);
cxl/pci: Store component register base in cxlds In preparation for defining a cxl_port object to represent the decoder resources of a memory expander capture the component register base address. The port driver uses the component register base to enumerate the HDM Decoder Capability structure. Unlike other cxl_port objects the endpoint port decodes from upstream SPA to downstream DPA rather than upstream port to downstream port. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: clarify changelog] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164375084181.484304.3919737667590006795.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-02-01 21:28:53 +00:00
if (rc)
dev_warn(&pdev->dev, "No component registers (%d)\n", rc);
cxl/pci: Store the endpoint's Component Register mappings in struct cxl_dev_state Same as for ports and dports, also store the endpoint's Component Register mappings, use struct cxl_dev_state for that. Keep the Component Register base address @component_reg_phys a bit to not break functionality. It will be removed after the transition in a later patch. Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231018171713.1883517-7-rrichter@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-18 17:16:59 +00:00
else if (!cxlds->reg_map.component_map.ras.valid)
cxl/regs: Remove early capability checks in Component Register setup When probing the Component Registers in function cxl_probe_regs() there are also checks for the existence of the HDM and RAS capabilities. The checks may fail for components that do not implement the HDM capability causing the Component Registers setup to fail too. Remove the checks for a generalized use of cxl_probe_regs() and check them directly before mapping the RAS or HDM capabilities. This allows it to setup other Component Registers esp. of an RCH Downstream Port, which will be implemented in a follow-on patch. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-12-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:07 +00:00
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "RAS registers not found\n");
cxl/pci: Store component register base in cxlds In preparation for defining a cxl_port object to represent the decoder resources of a memory expander capture the component register base address. The port driver uses the component register base to enumerate the HDM Decoder Capability structure. Unlike other cxl_port objects the endpoint port decodes from upstream SPA to downstream DPA rather than upstream port to downstream port. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> [djbw: clarify changelog] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164375084181.484304.3919737667590006795.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-02-01 21:28:53 +00:00
cxl/pci: Store the endpoint's Component Register mappings in struct cxl_dev_state Same as for ports and dports, also store the endpoint's Component Register mappings, use struct cxl_dev_state for that. Keep the Component Register base address @component_reg_phys a bit to not break functionality. It will be removed after the transition in a later patch. Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231018171713.1883517-7-rrichter@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-18 17:16:59 +00:00
rc = cxl_map_component_regs(&cxlds->reg_map, &cxlds->regs.component,
cxl/core/regs: Add @dev to cxl_register_map The corresponding device of a register mapping is used for devm operations and logging. For operations with struct cxl_register_map the device needs to be kept track separately. To simpify the involved function interfaces, add @dev to cxl_register_map. While at it also reorder function arguments of cxl_map_device_regs() and cxl_map_component_regs() to have the object @cxl_register_map first. As a result a bunch of functions are available to be used with a @cxl_register_map object. This patch is in preparation of reworking the component register setup code. Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230622205523.85375-7-terry.bowman@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-22 20:55:02 +00:00
BIT(CXL_CM_CAP_CAP_ID_RAS));
cxl/pci: Find and map the RAS Capability Structure The RAS Capability Structure has some ancillary information that may be relevant with respect to AER events, link and protcol error status registers. Map the RAS Capability Registers in support of defining a 'struct pci_error_handlers' instance for the cxl_pci driver. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974412803.1608150.7096566580400947001.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:48 +00:00
if (rc)
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "Failed to map RAS capability.\n");
cxl: Move cxl_await_media_ready() to before capacity info retrieval Move cxl_await_media_ready() to cxl_pci probe before driver starts issuing IDENTIFY and retrieving memory device information to ensure that the device is ready to provide the information. Allow cxl_pci_probe() to succeed even if media is not ready. Cache the media failure in cxlds and don't ask the device for any media information. The rationale for proceeding in the !media_ready case is to allow for mailbox operations to interrogate and/or remediate the device. After media is repaired then rebinding the cxl_pci driver is expected to restart the capacity scan. Suggested-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Fixes: b39cb1052a5c ("cxl/mem: Register CXL memX devices") Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168445310026.3251520.8124296540679268206.stgit@djiang5-mobl3 [djbw: fixup cxl_test] Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-18 23:38:20 +00:00
rc = cxl_await_media_ready(cxlds);
if (rc == 0)
cxlds->media_ready = true;
else
dev_warn(&pdev->dev, "Media not active (%d)\n", rc);
cxl/pci: Allocate irq vectors earlier during probe Move the cxl_alloc_irq_vectors() call further up in the probing in order to allow for mailbox interrupt usage. No change in semantics. Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230523170927.20685-3-dave@stgolabs.net Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-23 17:09:25 +00:00
rc = cxl_alloc_irq_vectors(pdev);
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_pci_setup_mailbox(mds);
cxl/mem: Find device capabilities Provide enough functionality to utilize the mailbox of a memory device. The mailbox is used to interact with the firmware running on the memory device. The flow is proven with one implemented command, "identify". Because the class code has already told the driver this is a memory device and the identify command is mandatory. CXL devices contain an array of capabilities that describe the interactions software can have with the device or firmware running on the device. A CXL compliant device must implement the device status and the mailbox capability. Additionally, a CXL compliant memory device must implement the memory device capability. Each of the capabilities can [will] provide an offset within the MMIO region for interacting with the CXL device. The capabilities tell the driver how to find and map the register space for CXL Memory Devices. The registers are required to utilize the CXL spec defined mailbox interface. The spec outlines two mailboxes, primary and secondary. The secondary mailbox is earmarked for system firmware, and not handled in this driver. Primary mailboxes are capable of generating an interrupt when submitting a background command. That implementation is saved for a later time. Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> (coverity) Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> (smatch) Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-3-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:51 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_enumerate_cmds(mds);
cxl/mem: Enable commands via CEL CXL devices identified by the memory-device class code must implement the Device Command Interface (described in 8.2.9 of the CXL 2.0 spec). While the driver already maintains a list of commands it supports, there is still a need to be able to distinguish between commands that the driver knows about from commands that are optionally supported by the hardware. The Command Effects Log (CEL) is specified in the CXL 2.0 specification. The CEL is one of two types of logs, the other being vendor specific. They are distinguished in hardware/spec via UUID. The CEL is useful for 2 things: 1. Determine which optional commands are supported by the CXL device. 2. Enumerate any vendor specific commands The CEL is used by the driver to determine which commands are available in the hardware and therefore which commands userspace is allowed to execute. The set of enabled commands might be a subset of commands which are advertised in UAPI via CXL_MEM_SEND_COMMAND IOCTL. With the CEL enabling comes a internal flag to indicate a base set of commands that are enabled regardless of CEL. Such commands are required for basic interaction with the hardware and thus can be useful in debug cases, for example if the CEL is corrupted. The implementation leaves the statically defined table of commands and supplements it with a bitmap to determine commands that are enabled. This organization was chosen for the following reasons: - Smaller memory footprint. Doesn't need a table per device. - Reduce memory allocation complexity. - Fixed command IDs to opcode mapping for all devices makes development and debugging easier. - Certain helpers are easily achievable, like cxl_for_each_cmd(). Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> (v2) Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> (v3) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-7-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:55 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_set_timestamp(mds);
cxl/pci: Set the device timestamp CXL r3.0 section 8.2.9.4.2 "Set Timestamp" recommends that the host sets the timestamp after every Conventional or CXL Reset to ensure accurate timestamps. This should include on initial boot up. The time base that is being set is used by a device for the poison list overflow timestamp and all event timestamps. Note that the command is optional and if not supported and the device cannot return accurate timestamps it will fill the fields in with an appropriate marker (see the specification description of each timestamp). Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230130151327.32415-1-Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-30 15:13:27 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_poison_state_init(mds);
cxl/mbox: Initialize the poison state Driver reads of the poison list are synchronized to ensure that a reader does not get an incomplete list because their request overlapped (was interrupted or preceded by) another read request of the same DPA range. (CXL Spec 3.0 Section 8.2.9.8.4.1). The driver maintains state information to achieve this goal. To initialize the state, first recognize the poison commands in the CEL (Command Effects Log). If the device supports Get Poison List, allocate a single buffer for the poison list and protect it with a lock. Signed-off-by: Alison Schofield <alison.schofield@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/9078d180769be28a5087288b38cdfc827cae58bf.1681838291.git.alison.schofield@intel.com Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Tested-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-04-18 17:39:03 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_dev_state_identify(mds);
cxl/mem: Register CXL memX devices Create the /sys/bus/cxl hierarchy to enumerate: * Memory Devices (per-endpoint control devices) * Memory Address Space Devices (platform address ranges with interleaving, performance, and persistence attributes) * Memory Regions (active provisioned memory from an address space device that is in use as System RAM or delegated to libnvdimm as Persistent Memory regions). For now, only the per-endpoint control devices are registered on the 'cxl' bus. However, going forward it will provide a mechanism to coordinate cross-device interleave. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:52 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_mem_create_range_info(mds);
cxl/mem: Account for partitionable space in ram/pmem ranges Memory devices may specify volatile only, persistent only, and partitionable space which when added together result in a total capacity. If Identify Memory Device.Partition Alignment != 0 the device supports partitionable space. This partitionable space can be split between volatile and persistent space. The total volatile and persistent sizes are reported in Get Partition Info. ie active volatile memory = volatile only + partitionable volatile active persistent memory = persistent only + partitionable persistent Define cxl_mem_get_partition(), check for partitionable support, and use cxl_mem_get_partition() if applicable. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-08-10 18:57:59 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/pci: Clarify devm host for memdev relative setup It is all too easy to get confused about @dev usage in the CXL driver stack. Before adding a new cxl_pci_probe() setup operation that has a devm lifetime dependent on @cxlds->dev binding, but also references @cxlmd->dev, and prints messages, rework the devm_cxl_add_memdev() and cxl_memdev_setup_fw_upload() function signatures to make this distinction explicit. I.e. pass in the devm context as an @host argument rather than infer it from other objects. This is in preparation for adding a devm_cxl_sanitize_setup_notifier(). Note the whitespace fixup near the change of the devm_cxl_add_memdev() signature. That uncaught typo originated in the patch that added cxl_memdev_security_init(). Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 23:04:49 +00:00
cxlmd = devm_cxl_add_memdev(&pdev->dev, cxlds);
cxl/pmem: Register 'pmem' / cxl_nvdimm devices While a memX device on /sys/bus/cxl represents a CXL memory expander control interface, a pmemX device represents the persistent memory sub-functionality. It bridges the CXL subystem to the libnvdimm nmemX control interface. With this skeleton ndctl can now see persistent memory devices on a "CXL" bus. Later patches add support for translating libnvdimm native commands to CXL commands. # ndctl list -BDiu -b CXL { "provider":"CXL", "dev":"ndbus1", "dimms":[ { "dev":"nmem1", "state":"disabled" }, { "dev":"nmem0", "state":"disabled" } ] } Given nvdimm_bus_unregister() removes all devices on an ndbus0 the cxl_pmem infrastructure needs to arrange ->remove() to be triggered on cxl_nvdimm devices to keep their enabled state synchronized with the registration state of their corresponding device on the nvdimm_bus. In other words, always arrange for cxl_nvdimm_driver.remove() to unregister nvdimms from an nvdimm_bus ahead of the bus being unregistered. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/162380012696.3039556.4293801691038740850.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-15 23:36:31 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(cxlmd))
return PTR_ERR(cxlmd);
cxl/pci: Clarify devm host for memdev relative setup It is all too easy to get confused about @dev usage in the CXL driver stack. Before adding a new cxl_pci_probe() setup operation that has a devm lifetime dependent on @cxlds->dev binding, but also references @cxlmd->dev, and prints messages, rework the devm_cxl_add_memdev() and cxl_memdev_setup_fw_upload() function signatures to make this distinction explicit. I.e. pass in the devm context as an @host argument rather than infer it from other objects. This is in preparation for adding a devm_cxl_sanitize_setup_notifier(). Note the whitespace fixup near the change of the devm_cxl_add_memdev() signature. That uncaught typo originated in the patch that added cxl_memdev_security_init(). Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 23:04:49 +00:00
rc = devm_cxl_setup_fw_upload(&pdev->dev, mds);
cxl: add a firmware update mechanism using the sysfs firmware loader The sysfs based firmware loader mechanism was created to easily allow userspace to upload firmware images to FPGA cards. This also happens to be pretty suitable to create a user-initiated but kernel-controlled firmware update mechanism for CXL devices, using the CXL specified mailbox commands. Since firmware update commands can be long-running, and can be processed in the background by the endpoint device, it is desirable to have the ability to chunk the firmware transfer down to smaller pieces, so that one operation does not monopolize the mailbox, locking out any other long running background commands entirely - e.g. security commands like 'sanitize' or poison scanning operations. The firmware loader mechanism allows a natural way to perform this chunking, as after each mailbox command, that is restricted to the maximum mailbox payload size, the cxl memdev driver relinquishes control back to the fw_loader system and awaits the next chunk of data to transfer. This opens opportunities for other background commands to access the mailbox and send their own slices of background commands. Add the necessary helpers and state tracking to be able to perform the 'Get FW Info', 'Transfer FW', and 'Activate FW' mailbox commands as described in the CXL spec. Wire these up to the firmware loader callbacks, and register with that system to create the memX/firmware/ sysfs ABI. Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@Huawei.com> Cc: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> Cc: Alison Schofield <alison.schofield@intel.com> Cc: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Cc: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Cc: Ben Widawsky <bwidawsk@kernel.org> Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Vishal Verma <vishal.l.verma@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230602-vv-fw_update-v4-1-c6265bd7343b@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-14 17:17:40 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/pci: Fix sanitize notifier setup Fix a race condition between the mailbox-background command interrupt firing and the security-state sysfs attribute being removed. The race is difficult to see due to the awkward placement of the sanitize-notifier setup code and the multiple places the teardown calls are made, cxl_memdev_security_init() and cxl_memdev_security_shutdown(). Unify setup in one place, cxl_sanitize_setup_notifier(). Arrange for the paired cxl_sanitize_teardown_notifier() to safely quiet the notifier and let the cxl_memdev + irq be unregistered later in the flow. Note: The special wrinkle of the sanitize notifier is that it interacts with interrupts, which are enabled early in the flow, and it interacts with memdev sysfs which is not initialized until late in the flow. Hence why this setup routine takes an @cxlmd argument, and not just @mds. This fix is also needed as a preparation fix for a memdev unregistration crash. Reported-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@Huawei.com> Closes: http://lore.kernel.org/r/20230929100316.00004546@Huawei.com Cc: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Fixes: 0c36b6ad436a ("cxl/mbox: Add sanitization handling machinery") Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-04 23:49:36 +00:00
rc = devm_cxl_sanitize_setup_notifier(&pdev->dev, cxlmd);
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/pci: Find and register CXL PMU devices CXL PMU devices can be found from entries in the Register Locator DVSEC. Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230526095824.16336-4-Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-26 09:58:22 +00:00
pmu_count = cxl_count_regblock(pdev, CXL_REGLOC_RBI_PMU);
for (i = 0; i < pmu_count; i++) {
struct cxl_pmu_regs pmu_regs;
rc = cxl_find_regblock_instance(pdev, CXL_REGLOC_RBI_PMU, &map, i);
if (rc) {
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "Could not find PMU regblock\n");
break;
}
cxl/core/regs: Rework cxl_map_pmu_regs() to use map->dev for devm struct cxl_register_map carries a @dev parameter for devm operations. Simplify the function interface to use that instead of a separate @dev argument. Signed-off-by: Terry Bowman <terry.bowman@amd.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@amd.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231018171713.1883517-21-rrichter@amd.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-10-18 17:17:13 +00:00
rc = cxl_map_pmu_regs(&map, &pmu_regs);
cxl/pci: Find and register CXL PMU devices CXL PMU devices can be found from entries in the Register Locator DVSEC. Reviewed-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230526095824.16336-4-Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-05-26 09:58:22 +00:00
if (rc) {
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "Could not map PMU regs\n");
break;
}
rc = devm_cxl_pmu_add(cxlds->dev, &pmu_regs, cxlmd->id, i, CXL_PMU_MEMDEV);
if (rc) {
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "Could not add PMU instance\n");
break;
}
}
cxl/mbox: Move mailbox related driver state to its own data structure 'struct cxl_dev_state' makes too many assumptions about the capabilities of a CXL device. In particular it assumes a CXL device has a mailbox and all of the infrastructure and state that comes along with that. In preparation for supporting accelerator / Type-2 devices that may not have a mailbox and in general maintain a minimal core context structure, make mailbox functionality a super-set of 'struct cxl_dev_state' with 'struct cxl_memdev_state'. With this reorganization it allows for CXL devices that support HDM decoder mapping, but not other general-expander / Type-3 capabilities, to only enable that subset without the rest of the mailbox infrastructure coming along for the ride. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/168679260240.3436160.15520641540463704524.stgit@dwillia2-xfh.jf.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-06-15 01:30:02 +00:00
rc = cxl_event_config(host_bridge, mds);
cxl/mem: Wire up event interrupts Currently the only CXL features targeted for irq support require their message numbers to be within the first 16 entries. The device may however support less than 16 entries depending on the support it provides. Attempt to allocate these 16 irq vectors. If the device supports less then the PCI infrastructure will allocate that number. Upon successful allocation, users can plug in their respective isr at any point thereafter. CXL device events are signaled via interrupts. Each event log may have a different interrupt message number. These message numbers are reported in the Get Event Interrupt Policy mailbox command. Add interrupt support for event logs. Interrupts are allocated as shared interrupts. Therefore, all or some event logs can share the same message number. In addition all logs are queried on any interrupt in order of the most to least severe based on the status register. Finally place all event configuration logic into cxl_event_config(). Previously the logic was a simple 'read all' on start up. But interrupts must be configured prior to any reads to ensure no events are missed. A single event configuration function results in a cleaner over all implementation. Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <helgaas@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Co-developed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-2-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:37 +00:00
if (rc)
return rc;
cxl/mem: Read, trace, and clear events on driver load CXL devices have multiple event logs which can be queried for CXL event records. Devices are required to support the storage of at least one event record in each event log type. Devices track event log overflow by incrementing a counter and tracking the time of the first and last overflow event seen. Software queries events via the Get Event Record mailbox command; CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.2 and clears events via CXL rev 3.0 section 8.2.9.2.3 Clear Event Records mailbox command. If the result of negotiating CXL Error Reporting Control is OS control, read and clear all event logs on driver load. Ensure a clean slate of events by reading and clearing the events on driver load. The status register is not used because a device may continue to trigger events and the only requirement is to empty the log at least once. This allows for the required transition from empty to non-empty for interrupt generation. Handling of interrupts is in a follow on patch. The device can return up to 1MB worth of event records per query. Allocate a shared large buffer to handle the max number of records based on the mailbox payload size. This patch traces a raw event record and leaves specific event record type tracing to subsequent patches. Macros are created to aid in tracing the common CXL Event header fields. Each record is cleared explicitly. A clear all bit is specified but is only valid when the log overflows. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221216-cxl-ev-log-v7-1-2316a5c8f7d8@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-01-18 05:53:36 +00:00
cxl: add RAS status unmasking for CXL By default the CXL RAS mask registers bits are defaulted to 1's and suppress all error reporting. If the kernel has negotiated ownership of error handling for CXL then unmask the mask registers by writing 0s. PCI_EXP_DEVCTL capability is checked to see uncorrectable or correctable errors bits are set before unmasking the respective errors. Acked-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> # pci_regs.h Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/167639402301.778884.12556849214955646539.stgit@djiang5-mobl3.local Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2023-02-14 17:00:24 +00:00
rc = cxl_pci_ras_unmask(pdev);
if (rc)
dev_dbg(&pdev->dev, "No RAS reporting unmasked\n");
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
pci_save_state(pdev);
cxl/pmem: Register 'pmem' / cxl_nvdimm devices While a memX device on /sys/bus/cxl represents a CXL memory expander control interface, a pmemX device represents the persistent memory sub-functionality. It bridges the CXL subystem to the libnvdimm nmemX control interface. With this skeleton ndctl can now see persistent memory devices on a "CXL" bus. Later patches add support for translating libnvdimm native commands to CXL commands. # ndctl list -BDiu -b CXL { "provider":"CXL", "dev":"ndbus1", "dimms":[ { "dev":"nmem1", "state":"disabled" }, { "dev":"nmem0", "state":"disabled" } ] } Given nvdimm_bus_unregister() removes all devices on an ndbus0 the cxl_pmem infrastructure needs to arrange ->remove() to be triggered on cxl_nvdimm devices to keep their enabled state synchronized with the registration state of their corresponding device on the nvdimm_bus. In other words, always arrange for cxl_nvdimm_driver.remove() to unregister nvdimms from an nvdimm_bus ahead of the bus being unregistered. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/162380012696.3039556.4293801691038740850.stgit@dwillia2-desk3.amr.corp.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-06-15 23:36:31 +00:00
return rc;
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
}
static const struct pci_device_id cxl_mem_pci_tbl[] = {
/* PCI class code for CXL.mem Type-3 Devices */
{ PCI_DEVICE_CLASS((PCI_CLASS_MEMORY_CXL << 8 | CXL_MEMORY_PROGIF), ~0)},
{ /* terminate list */ },
};
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, cxl_mem_pci_tbl);
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
static pci_ers_result_t cxl_slot_reset(struct pci_dev *pdev)
{
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = pci_get_drvdata(pdev);
struct cxl_memdev *cxlmd = cxlds->cxlmd;
struct device *dev = &cxlmd->dev;
dev_info(&pdev->dev, "%s: restart CXL.mem after slot reset\n",
dev_name(dev));
pci_restore_state(pdev);
if (device_attach(dev) <= 0)
return PCI_ERS_RESULT_DISCONNECT;
return PCI_ERS_RESULT_RECOVERED;
}
static void cxl_error_resume(struct pci_dev *pdev)
{
struct cxl_dev_state *cxlds = pci_get_drvdata(pdev);
struct cxl_memdev *cxlmd = cxlds->cxlmd;
struct device *dev = &cxlmd->dev;
dev_info(&pdev->dev, "%s: error resume %s\n", dev_name(dev),
dev->driver ? "successful" : "failed");
}
static const struct pci_error_handlers cxl_error_handlers = {
.error_detected = cxl_error_detected,
.slot_reset = cxl_slot_reset,
.resume = cxl_error_resume,
cxl/pci: Add callback to log AER correctable error Add AER error handler callback to read the RAS capability structure correctable error (CE) status register for the CXL device. Log the error as a trace event and clear the error. For CXL devices, the driver also needs to write back to the status register to clear the unmasked correctable errors. See CXL spec rev3.0 8.2.4.16 for RAS capability structure CE Status Register. Suggested-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166985287203.2871899.13605149073500556137.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-12-01 00:02:25 +00:00
.cor_error_detected = cxl_cor_error_detected,
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
};
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
static struct pci_driver cxl_pci_driver = {
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
.name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
.id_table = cxl_mem_pci_tbl,
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
.probe = cxl_pci_probe,
cxl/pci: Add (hopeful) error handling support Add nominal error handling that tears down CXL.mem in response to error notifications that imply a device reset. Given some CXL.mem may be operating as System RAM, there is a high likelihood that these error events are fatal. However, if the system survives the notification the expectation is that the driver behavior is equivalent to a hot-unplug and re-plug of an endpoint. Note that this does not change the mask values from the default. That awaits CXL _OSC support to determine whether platform firmware is in control of the mask registers. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166974413966.1608150.15522782911404473932.stgit@djiang5-desk3.ch.intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2022-11-29 17:48:59 +00:00
.err_handler = &cxl_error_handlers,
cxl/mem: Introduce a driver for CXL-2.0-Type-3 endpoints The CXL.mem protocol allows a device to act as a provider of "System RAM" and/or "Persistent Memory" that is fully coherent as if the memory was attached to the typical CPU memory controller. With the CXL-2.0 specification a PCI endpoint can implement a "Type-3" device interface and give the operating system control over "Host Managed Device Memory". See section 2.3 Type 3 CXL Device. The memory range exported by the device may optionally be described by the platform firmware memory map, or by infrastructure like LIBNVDIMM to provision persistent memory capacity from one, or more, CXL.mem devices. A pre-requisite for Linux-managed memory-capacity provisioning is this cxl_mem driver that can speak the mailbox protocol defined in section 8.2.8.4 Mailbox Registers. For now just land the initial driver boiler-plate and Documentation/ infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> (v1) Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Link: https://www.computeexpresslink.org/download-the-specification Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-2-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:50 +00:00
.driver = {
.probe_type = PROBE_PREFER_ASYNCHRONOUS,
},
};
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
cxl/pci: Disambiguate cxl_pci further from cxl_mem Commit 21e9f76733a8 ("cxl: Rename mem to pci") introduced the cxl_pci driver which had formerly been named cxl_mem. At the time, the goal was to be as light touch as possible because there were other patches in flight. Since things have settled now, and a new cxl_mem driver will be introduced shortly, spend the LOC now to clean up the existing names. While here, fix the kernel docs to explain the situation better after the core rework that has already landed. Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210913163324.1008564-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-09-13 16:33:24 +00:00
module_pci_driver(cxl_pci_driver);
cxl/mem: Register CXL memX devices Create the /sys/bus/cxl hierarchy to enumerate: * Memory Devices (per-endpoint control devices) * Memory Address Space Devices (platform address ranges with interleaving, performance, and persistence attributes) * Memory Regions (active provisioned memory from an address space device that is in use as System RAM or delegated to libnvdimm as Persistent Memory regions). For now, only the per-endpoint control devices are registered on the 'cxl' bus. However, going forward it will provide a mechanism to coordinate cross-device interleave. Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben.widawsky@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jonathan Cameron <Jonathan.Cameron@huawei.com> (v2) Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210217040958.1354670-4-ben.widawsky@intel.com Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
2021-02-17 04:09:52 +00:00
MODULE_IMPORT_NS(CXL);
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink